1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
70 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
71 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
74 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
75 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
76 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
77 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
78 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
79 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
80 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
81 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
82 CIE = Common Information Entry
83 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
84 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
85 FDE = Frame Description Entry
86 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
87 how to restore registers
89 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
90 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
92 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
98 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
99 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
100 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
103 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
104 || flag_unwind_tables
105 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
110 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
112 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
115 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
116 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
118 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
120 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
122 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
123 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
124 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
125 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
126 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
130 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
135 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
139 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
144 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
146 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
148 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
152 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
153 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
156 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
158 default_eh_frame_section (void)
160 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
161 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
163 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
167 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
168 must be kept around forever. */
169 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
171 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
172 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
173 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
174 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
176 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
177 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
178 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
179 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
180 define type declaration DIE's. */
181 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
183 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
184 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
185 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
188 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
192 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
193 Information instructions. The register number, offset
194 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
195 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
197 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
199 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
205 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
207 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
209 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
210 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
214 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
216 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
217 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
218 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
220 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
225 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
226 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
227 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
228 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
229 of this structure. */
230 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
233 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
234 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
235 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
238 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
239 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
240 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
241 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
242 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
246 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
247 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
248 const char *dw_fde_end
;
249 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
250 unsigned funcdef_number
;
251 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
252 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
253 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
257 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
258 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
260 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
261 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
262 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
263 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
265 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
266 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
269 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
270 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
271 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
274 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
275 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
278 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
279 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
280 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
283 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
284 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
286 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
290 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
292 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
293 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
294 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
296 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
297 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
298 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
299 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
301 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
305 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
306 information for each routine. */
307 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
309 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
310 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
312 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
313 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
315 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
317 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
319 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
320 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
322 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
323 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
324 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
325 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
326 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
327 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
330 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
333 unsigned int refcount
;
338 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
340 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
341 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
343 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
345 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
347 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
348 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
349 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
350 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
352 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
354 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
355 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
356 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
357 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
358 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
359 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
360 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
361 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
362 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
363 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
365 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
366 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
367 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
368 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
369 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
371 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
373 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
374 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
375 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
378 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
379 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
380 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
382 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
383 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
386 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
387 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
390 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
391 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
394 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
395 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
396 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
397 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
398 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
399 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
401 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
403 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
404 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
406 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
407 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
409 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
411 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
413 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
417 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
418 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
419 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
420 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
423 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
424 for the current function. */
425 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
426 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
429 /* Hook used by __throw. */
432 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
434 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
437 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
438 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
441 stripattributes (const char *s
)
443 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
448 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
455 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
458 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
461 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
462 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
463 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
464 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
466 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
467 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
469 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
470 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
473 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
474 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
477 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
479 wrote_return_column
= true;
481 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
485 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
488 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
489 if (! wrote_return_column
)
491 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
492 wrote_return_column
= false;
494 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
497 if (! wrote_return_column
)
499 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
500 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
501 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
502 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
506 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
509 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
513 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
514 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
516 return "DW_CFA_offset";
518 return "DW_CFA_restore";
522 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
524 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
527 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
528 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
530 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
531 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
533 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
534 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
535 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
536 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
537 case DW_CFA_register
:
538 return "DW_CFA_register";
539 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
540 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
541 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
542 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
544 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
547 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
548 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
553 case DW_CFA_expression
:
554 return "DW_CFA_expression";
555 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
556 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
562 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
563 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
564 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
567 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
568 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
569 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
570 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
571 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
572 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
575 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
581 static inline dw_cfi_ref
584 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
588 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
593 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
596 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
600 /* Find the end of the chain. */
601 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
607 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
610 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
612 static char label
[20];
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
615 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
619 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
620 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
623 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
627 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
630 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
632 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
633 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
637 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
639 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
642 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
643 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
646 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
650 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
653 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
656 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
658 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
661 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
664 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
668 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
671 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
678 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
681 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
685 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
688 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
690 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
691 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
693 if (fde_table_in_use
)
695 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
696 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
697 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
701 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
702 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
704 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
706 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
708 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
709 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
711 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
714 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
715 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
716 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
719 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
726 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
729 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
730 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
733 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
736 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
741 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
742 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
744 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
745 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
747 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
748 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
749 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
750 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
755 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
757 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
758 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
761 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
764 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
765 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
768 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
769 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
770 offset has not changed. */
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
772 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
776 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
780 the specified offset. */
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
787 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
788 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
789 register-offset pair is available. */
790 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
792 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
793 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
794 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
797 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
800 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
801 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
802 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
803 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
806 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
812 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
813 the value isn't a register number. */
814 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
817 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
821 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
823 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
825 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
826 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
827 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
829 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
831 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
835 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
839 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
841 else if (sreg
== reg
)
842 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
847 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
850 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
854 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
855 from the previous frame's window save area.
857 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
858 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
861 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
863 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
865 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
866 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
869 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
870 pushed onto the stack. */
873 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
877 if (size
== old_args_size
)
880 old_args_size
= size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
884 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
885 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
888 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
889 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
892 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
894 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
897 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
898 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
901 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
903 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
906 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
907 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
912 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
915 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
916 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
919 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
921 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
924 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
927 /* RA is in a register. */
928 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
932 /* RA is on the stack. */
934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
937 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
943 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
945 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
949 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
951 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
966 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
973 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
982 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
983 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
987 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
991 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
992 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
996 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1000 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1004 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1010 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1012 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1015 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1017 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1024 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1026 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1033 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1035 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1050 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1051 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1052 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1055 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1057 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1061 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1062 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1063 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1064 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1065 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1070 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1071 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1072 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1073 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1074 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1075 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1076 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1079 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1083 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1084 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1085 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1088 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1090 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1091 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1092 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1093 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1094 offset
= -args_size
;
1099 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1100 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1101 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1102 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1104 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1106 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1107 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1108 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1116 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1117 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1119 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1123 args_size
+= offset
;
1127 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1128 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1129 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1134 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1135 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1136 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1138 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1140 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1142 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1145 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1147 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1148 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1151 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1153 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1155 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1157 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1158 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1164 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1166 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1168 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1170 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1174 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1175 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1179 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1181 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1183 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1184 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1191 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1192 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1193 value, not an offset. */
1194 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1196 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1197 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1198 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1201 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1202 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1203 users need not read the source code.
1205 The High-Level Picture
1207 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1208 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1209 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1210 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1211 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1213 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1214 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1215 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1216 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1217 saves. This also seems to work.
1219 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1220 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1221 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1222 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1224 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1225 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1226 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1227 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1229 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1231 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1232 consists of a register and an offset.
1233 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1234 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1235 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1236 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1237 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1238 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1239 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1241 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1242 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1243 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1246 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1247 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1248 and cfa_temp.offset.
1250 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1253 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1254 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1255 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1259 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1260 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1263 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.offset unchanged
1266 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1267 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1270 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1271 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1272 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1273 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1274 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1275 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1278 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1279 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1280 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1283 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1291 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1292 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1294 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1295 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1298 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1304 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1308 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1312 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1313 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1314 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1317 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1319 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1324 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1325 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1326 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1328 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1331 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1334 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1335 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1338 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1339 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1340 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1343 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1344 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1345 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1346 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1349 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1352 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1354 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1355 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1356 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1357 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1358 flag is set in them. */
1359 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1362 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1364 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1365 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1366 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1368 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1376 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1377 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1379 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1383 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1384 relative to the current CFA register. */
1385 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1387 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1389 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1395 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1396 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1397 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1398 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1399 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1400 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1401 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1407 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1411 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1414 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1417 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1419 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1425 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1427 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1428 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1430 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1433 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1435 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1438 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1440 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1441 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1442 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1443 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1445 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1448 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1449 or adjusting the FP */
1450 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1453 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1454 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1455 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1457 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1458 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1460 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1461 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1468 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1473 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1474 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1476 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1477 into the FP later on. */
1478 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1479 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1480 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1481 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1482 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1483 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1487 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1488 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1489 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1491 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1492 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1493 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1495 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1496 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1500 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1501 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1503 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1504 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1520 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1521 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1524 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1525 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1526 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1529 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1530 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1539 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1543 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1546 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1548 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1553 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1554 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1556 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1558 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1559 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1562 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1563 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1564 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1566 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1576 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1577 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1580 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1581 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1582 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1584 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 /* With an offset. */
1592 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1594 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1595 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1598 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1599 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1600 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1601 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 /* Without an offset. */
1609 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1610 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1611 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1612 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1619 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1621 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1622 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1629 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1631 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1633 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1635 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1637 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1638 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1640 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1641 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1646 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1647 calculate the CFA. */
1648 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1650 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1652 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1655 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1656 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1658 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1663 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1664 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1672 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1673 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1674 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1677 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1682 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1689 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1692 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1695 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1699 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1700 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1702 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1704 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1705 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1710 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1711 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1713 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1715 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1717 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1722 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1723 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1724 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1726 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1727 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1732 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1733 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1735 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1738 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1739 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1740 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1743 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1747 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1748 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1749 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1751 case DW_CFA_register
:
1752 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1754 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1755 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1757 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1760 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1768 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1769 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1770 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1772 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1773 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1781 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1782 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1784 case DW_CFA_register
:
1785 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1788 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1792 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1794 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1795 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1796 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1797 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1798 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1801 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1804 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1807 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1809 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1810 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1812 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1814 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1816 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1819 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1821 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1823 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1828 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1830 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1832 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1834 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1835 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1836 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1839 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1840 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1843 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1844 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1845 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1846 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1849 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1850 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1851 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1852 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1855 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1856 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1857 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1858 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1861 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1863 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1864 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1867 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1869 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1874 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1876 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1881 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1882 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1883 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1885 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1889 case DW_CFA_register
:
1890 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1892 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1901 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1902 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1905 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1909 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1910 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1913 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1914 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1923 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1924 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1925 location of saved registers. */
1928 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1933 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1934 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1935 char augmentation
[6];
1936 int augmentation_size
;
1937 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1938 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1939 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1941 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1942 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1945 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1946 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1947 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1948 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1951 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1953 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1954 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1955 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1956 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1957 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1958 any_eh_needed
= true;
1960 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1964 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1969 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1971 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1974 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1976 /* Output the CIE. */
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1979 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1980 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1981 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1983 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1984 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1985 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1986 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1987 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1991 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1992 augmentation_size
= 0;
1998 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1999 augmentation section.
2000 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2001 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2002 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2004 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2005 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2007 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2008 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2009 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2011 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2012 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2015 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2017 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2020 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2022 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2025 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2027 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2029 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2033 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2034 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2036 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2038 + 1 /* CIE version */
2039 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2040 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2041 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2043 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2044 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2045 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2047 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2049 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2050 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2051 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2056 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2059 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2062 if (augmentation
[0])
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2065 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2068 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2069 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2070 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2073 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2075 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2077 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2079 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2082 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2083 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2085 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2086 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2087 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2090 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2091 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2093 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2095 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2096 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2097 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2098 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2101 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2103 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2109 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2111 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2116 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2117 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2118 "FDE initial location");
2119 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2120 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2121 "FDE address range");
2125 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2126 "FDE initial location");
2127 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2128 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2129 "FDE address range");
2132 if (augmentation
[0])
2134 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2136 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2138 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2140 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2141 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2142 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2143 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2144 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2147 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2153 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2156 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2157 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2158 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2159 "Language Specific Data Area");
2163 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2166 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2167 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2174 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2176 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2177 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2178 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2180 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2182 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2186 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2187 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2188 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2189 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2190 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2191 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2194 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2199 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2203 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2204 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2206 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2209 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2211 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2212 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2213 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2215 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2216 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2225 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2226 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2227 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2228 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2230 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2231 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2232 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2236 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2237 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2239 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2240 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2241 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2242 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2243 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2246 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2247 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2249 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2250 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2251 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2252 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2253 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2254 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2255 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2256 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2257 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2258 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2260 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2262 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2263 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2264 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2266 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2270 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2271 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2276 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2279 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2281 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2284 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2285 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2286 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2287 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2291 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2293 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2294 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2295 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2296 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2298 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2299 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2301 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2302 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2303 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2304 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2309 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2311 /* Output call frame information. */
2312 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2313 output_call_frame_info (0);
2315 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2316 output_call_frame_info (1);
2320 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2321 for emitting location expressions. */
2323 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2324 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2325 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2328 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2329 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2331 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2333 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2334 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2335 implementation are listed below. */
2340 dw_val_class_offset
,
2342 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2343 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2345 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2346 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2349 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2350 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2352 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2356 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2357 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2359 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2366 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2368 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2370 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2389 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2390 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2397 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2424 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2766 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2767 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2768 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2769 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2770 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2795 unsigned long size
= 1;
2797 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2801 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2820 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2823 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2829 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2867 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2870 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2873 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2876 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2877 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2880 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2893 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2909 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2911 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2912 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2923 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2924 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2926 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2951 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2952 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3064 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3086 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3101 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3104 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3107 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3109 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3111 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3112 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3114 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3116 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3117 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3119 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3121 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3136 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3140 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3178 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3181 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3215 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3216 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3219 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3220 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3226 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3252 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3253 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3254 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3255 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3257 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3259 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3265 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3266 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3267 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3268 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3269 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3270 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3271 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3272 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3273 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3274 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3275 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3276 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3277 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3278 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3279 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3280 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3281 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3282 something tries to reference them. */
3283 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3284 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3285 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3286 dwarf2out_var_location
3290 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3291 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3292 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3294 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3295 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3296 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3297 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3299 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3300 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3302 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3304 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3306 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3307 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3308 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3309 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3310 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3312 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3313 line number associated with the label generated for that
3314 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3315 the line number entry. */
3317 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3319 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3320 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3324 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3326 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3328 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3329 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3330 unsigned long function
;
3332 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3334 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3335 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3336 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3338 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3340 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3341 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3342 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3346 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3348 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3350 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3352 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3353 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3354 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3356 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3357 dw_offset die_offset
;
3358 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3360 unsigned int decl_id
;
3364 /* The pubname structure */
3366 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3373 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3378 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3379 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3383 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3387 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3388 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3389 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3392 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3393 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3395 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3396 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3397 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3398 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3399 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3400 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3402 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3403 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3404 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3405 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3406 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3407 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3408 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3409 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3410 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3411 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3413 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3414 language, and compiler version. */
3416 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3417 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3418 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3420 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3421 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3423 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3424 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3425 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3426 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3427 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3429 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3430 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3431 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3432 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3433 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3434 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3436 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3437 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3438 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3439 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3441 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3445 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3446 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3447 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3449 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3450 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3452 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3453 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3455 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3456 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3457 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3458 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3459 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3461 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3462 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3463 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3464 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3467 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3468 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3470 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3471 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3473 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3474 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3475 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3476 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3478 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3479 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3480 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3482 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3483 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3485 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3486 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3487 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3490 /* Variable location list. */
3491 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3493 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3495 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3496 it is marked through the chain. */
3497 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3499 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3500 unsigned int decl_id
;
3502 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3504 /* Unique label counter. */
3505 static unsigned int loclabel_num
= 0;
3507 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3508 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3510 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3511 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3512 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3513 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3514 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3516 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3517 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3519 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3522 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3523 abbrev_die_table. */
3524 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3526 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3527 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3528 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3529 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3531 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3532 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3534 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3535 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3537 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3538 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3539 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3540 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3542 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3543 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3545 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3546 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3548 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3550 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3552 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3553 accessible names. */
3554 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3556 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3557 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3559 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3560 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3562 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3564 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3566 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3567 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3569 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3570 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3572 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3573 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3575 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3577 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3579 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3580 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3582 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3583 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3585 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3586 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3588 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3590 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3592 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3593 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3595 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3596 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3597 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3599 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3600 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3603 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3604 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3606 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3607 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3609 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3611 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3613 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3614 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3615 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3616 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3617 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3618 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3620 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3622 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3623 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3624 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3625 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3626 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3627 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3628 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3629 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3630 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3631 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3632 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3633 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3635 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3636 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3637 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3638 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3639 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3640 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3641 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3642 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3643 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3644 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3645 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3646 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3647 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3648 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3649 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3651 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3652 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3653 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3654 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3655 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3656 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3657 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3658 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3660 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3661 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3662 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3663 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3664 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3665 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3666 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3667 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3668 static bool is_c_family (void);
3669 static bool is_cxx (void);
3670 static bool is_java (void);
3671 static bool is_fortran (void);
3672 static bool is_ada (void);
3673 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3674 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3675 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3676 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3677 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3678 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3679 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3680 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3681 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3682 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3683 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3684 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3685 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3686 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
3687 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3688 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
3689 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3690 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3691 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3692 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3693 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3694 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3695 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3696 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3697 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3698 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3699 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3700 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3701 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3702 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3703 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3704 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3705 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3706 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3707 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3708 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3709 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3710 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3711 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3712 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3713 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3714 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3715 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3716 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3717 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3718 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3719 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3720 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3721 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3722 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3723 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3724 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3725 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3726 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3727 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3728 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3729 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3730 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3731 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3732 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3733 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3734 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3735 static void output_pubnames (void);
3736 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3737 static void output_aranges (void);
3738 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3739 static void output_ranges (void);
3740 static void output_line_info (void);
3741 static void output_file_names (void);
3742 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3743 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3744 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3745 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
3746 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3747 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3748 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3749 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3750 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3751 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3752 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3753 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3754 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
, bool);
3755 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3756 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool);
3757 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3758 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, bool);
3759 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3760 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3761 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3762 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3763 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3764 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3765 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3766 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3768 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3769 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3770 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3771 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3772 enum dwarf_attribute
);
3773 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3774 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3775 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3776 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3777 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3778 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3779 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3780 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3781 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3782 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3783 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3784 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3785 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3786 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3787 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3788 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3789 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3790 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3791 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3792 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3793 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3795 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3797 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3798 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3800 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3802 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3803 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3804 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3805 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3806 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3807 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3808 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3809 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3810 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3811 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3812 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3813 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3814 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3815 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3816 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3817 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3818 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3819 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3820 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3821 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3822 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3823 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3824 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3825 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3826 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3827 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3828 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3829 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3830 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3831 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3832 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3833 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3834 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3835 static void init_file_table (void);
3836 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3837 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3838 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3839 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3840 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3841 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3842 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3843 const char *, const char *,
3845 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3846 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3848 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3849 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3850 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3851 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3852 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3853 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3854 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3856 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3857 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3858 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3860 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3861 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3863 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3864 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3867 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3870 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3873 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3876 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3879 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3882 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3885 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3886 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3887 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3890 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3891 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3892 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3893 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3896 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3897 the section names themselves. */
3899 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3900 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3902 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3903 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3905 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3906 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3908 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3909 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3911 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3912 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3914 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3915 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3917 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3918 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3921 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3922 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3923 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3924 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3925 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3927 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3928 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3929 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3930 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3931 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3932 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3933 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3934 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3936 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3937 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3939 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3940 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3942 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3943 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3945 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3946 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3948 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3949 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3952 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3953 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3955 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3958 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3960 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3963 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3966 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3968 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3969 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3970 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3973 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3977 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3979 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3981 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3982 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3983 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3984 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3986 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3987 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3988 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3993 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3996 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3998 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4000 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4001 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4004 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4007 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4011 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4012 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4013 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4014 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4017 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4019 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4021 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4023 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4024 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4026 return "DW_TAG_label";
4027 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4030 return "DW_TAG_member";
4031 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4032 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4033 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4035 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4036 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4037 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4041 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4043 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4045 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4047 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4048 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4049 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4050 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4051 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4052 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4053 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4054 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4055 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4056 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4057 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4058 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4060 return "DW_TAG_module";
4061 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4062 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4063 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4064 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4066 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4067 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4068 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4069 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4070 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4071 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4072 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4074 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4075 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4076 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4077 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4078 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4079 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4080 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4081 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4082 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4084 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4085 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4086 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4087 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4088 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4089 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4090 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4091 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4092 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4093 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4094 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4095 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4096 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4097 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4098 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4099 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4100 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4101 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4102 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4103 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4104 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4105 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4106 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4107 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4108 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4109 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4110 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4111 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4112 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4113 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4114 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4115 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4116 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4117 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4118 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4119 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4120 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4121 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4122 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4124 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4128 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4131 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4136 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4137 case DW_AT_location
:
4138 return "DW_AT_location";
4140 return "DW_AT_name";
4141 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4142 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4143 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4144 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4145 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4146 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4147 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4148 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4149 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4150 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4151 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4152 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4153 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4154 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4156 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4158 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4159 case DW_AT_language
:
4160 return "DW_AT_language";
4162 return "DW_AT_member";
4164 return "DW_AT_discr";
4165 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4166 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4167 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4168 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4170 return "DW_AT_import";
4171 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4172 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4173 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4174 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4175 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4176 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4177 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4178 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4179 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4180 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4181 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4182 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4184 return "DW_AT_inline";
4185 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4186 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4187 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4188 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4189 case DW_AT_producer
:
4190 return "DW_AT_producer";
4191 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4192 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4193 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4194 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4195 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4196 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4197 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4198 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4199 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4200 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4201 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4202 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4203 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4204 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4205 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4206 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4207 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4208 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4209 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4210 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4211 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4212 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4214 return "DW_AT_count";
4215 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4216 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4217 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4218 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4219 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4220 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4221 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4222 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4223 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4224 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4225 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4226 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4227 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4228 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4229 case DW_AT_external
:
4230 return "DW_AT_external";
4231 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4232 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4234 return "DW_AT_friend";
4235 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4236 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4237 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4238 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4239 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4240 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4241 case DW_AT_priority
:
4242 return "DW_AT_priority";
4244 return "DW_AT_segment";
4245 case DW_AT_specification
:
4246 return "DW_AT_specification";
4247 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4248 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4250 return "DW_AT_type";
4251 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4252 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4253 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4254 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4255 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4256 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4257 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4258 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4260 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4261 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4262 case DW_AT_associated
:
4263 return "DW_AT_associated";
4264 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4265 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4267 return "DW_AT_stride";
4268 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4269 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4270 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4271 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4272 case DW_AT_extension
:
4273 return "DW_AT_extension";
4275 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4276 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4277 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4278 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4279 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4280 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4281 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4282 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4283 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4285 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4286 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4287 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4288 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4289 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4290 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4291 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4292 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4293 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4294 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4295 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4297 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4299 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4301 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4302 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4303 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4304 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4305 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4308 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4309 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4310 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4311 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4312 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4313 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4314 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4315 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4316 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4317 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4318 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4319 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4320 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4321 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4323 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4324 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4327 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4331 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4334 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4339 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4340 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4341 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4342 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4343 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4345 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4347 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4349 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4350 case DW_FORM_string
:
4351 return "DW_FORM_string";
4353 return "DW_FORM_block";
4354 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4355 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4357 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4359 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4361 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4363 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4365 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4366 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4367 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4369 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4371 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4373 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4375 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4376 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4377 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4378 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4379 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4381 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4385 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4389 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4393 case DW_ATE_address
:
4394 return "DW_ATE_address";
4395 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4396 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4397 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4398 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4400 return "DW_ATE_float";
4402 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4403 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4404 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4405 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4406 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4407 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4408 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4410 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4415 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4416 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4417 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4418 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4422 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4424 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4425 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4426 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4427 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4430 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4431 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4432 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4433 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4437 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4440 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4441 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4442 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4443 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4447 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4449 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4451 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4452 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4453 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4454 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4457 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4462 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4466 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4467 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4468 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4470 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4476 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4477 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4481 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4483 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4485 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4486 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4488 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4489 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4491 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4492 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4497 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4498 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4501 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4503 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4505 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4506 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4510 static inline enum dw_val_class
4511 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4513 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4516 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4519 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4521 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4523 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4524 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4525 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4526 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4527 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4530 static inline unsigned
4531 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4533 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4534 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4539 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4542 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4544 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4546 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4547 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4548 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4549 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4550 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4553 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4554 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4556 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4557 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4562 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4565 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4566 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4568 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4570 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4571 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4572 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4573 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4574 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4577 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4578 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4580 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4581 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4586 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4589 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4590 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4592 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4594 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4595 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4596 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4597 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4598 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4599 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4602 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4605 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4606 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4608 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4610 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4611 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4612 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4614 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4615 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4618 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4621 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4623 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4627 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4629 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4630 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4633 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4636 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4638 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4639 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4642 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4643 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4644 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4646 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4647 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4649 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4650 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4651 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4654 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4655 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4656 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4657 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4658 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4661 static inline const char *
4662 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4664 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4665 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4670 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4671 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4674 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4676 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4678 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4682 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4686 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4688 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4689 always better to put it inline. */
4690 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4691 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4693 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4694 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4696 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4697 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4698 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4701 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4702 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4704 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4710 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4713 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4715 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4717 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4718 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4719 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4720 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4721 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4722 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4725 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4726 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4729 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4731 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4732 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4734 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4737 static inline dw_die_ref
4738 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4740 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4741 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4747 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4749 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4750 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4756 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4758 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4759 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4764 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4767 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4769 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4771 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4772 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4773 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4774 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4775 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4778 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4781 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4783 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4785 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4786 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4787 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4788 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4789 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4792 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4793 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4795 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4796 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4802 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4804 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4806 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4807 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4808 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4809 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4810 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4811 have_location_lists
= 1;
4814 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4815 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4817 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4818 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4823 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4826 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4828 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4830 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4831 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4832 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4833 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4834 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4838 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4840 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4841 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4846 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4849 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4851 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4853 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4854 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4855 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4856 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4857 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4860 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4863 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4865 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4867 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4868 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4869 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4870 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4871 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4874 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4877 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4878 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4880 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4882 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4883 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4884 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4885 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4886 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4889 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4892 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4893 long unsigned int offset
)
4895 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4897 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4898 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4899 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4900 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4901 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4904 static inline const char *
4905 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4907 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4908 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4909 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4914 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4917 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4920 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4924 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4925 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4927 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4928 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4932 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4938 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4939 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4940 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4942 static inline const char *
4943 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4945 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4947 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4950 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4951 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4952 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4954 static inline const char *
4955 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4957 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4959 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4962 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4963 NULL if it is not present. */
4965 static inline const char *
4966 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4968 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4970 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4973 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4974 if it is not present. */
4977 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4979 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4981 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4984 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4985 if it is not present. */
4987 static inline unsigned
4988 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4990 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4992 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4995 static inline dw_die_ref
4996 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4998 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5000 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5003 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5008 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5010 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5011 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5014 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5019 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5020 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5023 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5028 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5030 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
5033 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5038 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5040 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5043 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5048 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5050 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5053 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5055 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5057 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5059 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5060 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5061 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5064 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5067 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5070 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5074 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5075 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5078 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5087 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5090 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5092 dw_die_ref current
, prev
, next
;
5093 current
= die
->die_child
;
5095 while (current
!= NULL
)
5097 if (current
->die_tag
== tag
)
5099 next
= current
->die_sib
;
5101 die
->die_child
= next
;
5103 prev
->die_sib
= next
;
5110 current
= current
->die_sib
;
5115 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5118 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5120 remove_children (die
);
5123 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5126 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5128 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5130 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5132 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5134 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5137 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5139 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5141 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5143 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5151 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5152 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5155 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5157 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5159 if (die
== child_die
)
5162 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5163 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5164 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5168 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5169 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5172 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5176 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5177 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5178 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5180 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5186 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5187 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5190 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5193 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5197 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5198 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5199 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5202 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5204 static inline dw_die_ref
5205 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5207 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5209 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5211 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5212 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5215 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5217 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5218 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5219 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5220 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5221 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5227 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5229 static inline dw_die_ref
5230 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5232 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5235 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5238 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5240 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5243 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5246 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5248 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5251 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5254 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5256 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5259 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5261 static inline dw_die_ref
5262 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5264 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5267 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5270 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5272 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5275 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5279 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5281 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5284 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5286 static inline var_loc_list
*
5287 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5289 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5292 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5295 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5297 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5300 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5302 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5305 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5308 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5310 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5314 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5317 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5318 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5326 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5327 we have nothing to do. */
5328 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5329 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5331 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5332 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5336 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5337 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5344 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5345 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5346 the DIE internal representation. */
5347 static int print_indent
;
5349 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5352 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5354 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5357 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5358 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5361 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5366 print_spaces (outfile
);
5367 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5368 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5369 print_spaces (outfile
);
5370 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5371 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5373 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5375 print_spaces (outfile
);
5376 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5378 switch (AT_class (a
))
5380 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5381 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5383 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5384 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5386 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5387 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5389 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5390 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5391 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5393 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5394 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5396 case dw_val_class_const
:
5397 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5399 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5400 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5402 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5403 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5404 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5405 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5407 case dw_val_class_float
:
5408 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5410 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5411 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5413 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5414 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5416 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5417 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5419 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5422 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5424 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5425 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5426 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5428 case dw_val_class_str
:
5429 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5430 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5432 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5438 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5441 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5444 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5445 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5449 if (print_indent
== 0)
5450 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5453 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5454 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5457 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5460 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5462 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5463 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5465 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5466 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5467 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5468 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5469 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5470 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5473 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5476 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5479 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5481 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5484 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5485 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5491 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5492 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5493 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5496 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5497 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5498 they are in order of addition. */
5501 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5503 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5504 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5506 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5508 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5509 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5515 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5522 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5525 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5526 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5527 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5528 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5529 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5532 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5536 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5538 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5539 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5542 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5543 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5544 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5547 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5549 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5550 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5552 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5556 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5559 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5561 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5563 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5567 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5568 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5570 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5573 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5575 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5576 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5577 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5580 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5583 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5585 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5588 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5590 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5591 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5592 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5593 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5594 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5597 switch (AT_class (at
))
5599 case dw_val_class_const
:
5600 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5602 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5603 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5605 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5606 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5608 case dw_val_class_float
:
5609 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5611 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5612 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5614 case dw_val_class_str
:
5615 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5618 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5620 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5623 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5631 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5632 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5635 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5636 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5637 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5640 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5641 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5644 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5645 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5646 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5654 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5657 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5662 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5665 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5668 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5670 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5672 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5673 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5675 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5676 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5680 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5682 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5684 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5686 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5687 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5688 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5691 /* Do the values look the same? */
5693 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5695 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5699 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5702 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5704 case dw_val_class_const
:
5705 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5706 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5707 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5708 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5709 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5710 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5711 case dw_val_class_float
:
5712 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5714 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5715 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5718 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5719 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5720 case dw_val_class_str
:
5721 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5723 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5724 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5725 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5726 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5728 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5731 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5737 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5738 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5740 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5741 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5743 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5744 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5746 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5748 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5749 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5751 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5752 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5753 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5761 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5764 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5766 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5769 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5770 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5771 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5772 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5773 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5776 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5779 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5782 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5787 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5789 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5790 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5792 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5795 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5797 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5798 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5803 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5805 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5806 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5814 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5817 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5820 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5822 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5823 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5828 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5830 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5832 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5833 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5835 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5836 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5839 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5841 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5842 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5843 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5846 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5849 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5850 the name filename of the unit. */
5852 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5854 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5855 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5856 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5858 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5859 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5861 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5862 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5864 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5868 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5869 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5872 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5875 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5877 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5879 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5880 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5881 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5882 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5883 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5884 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5885 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5886 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5887 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5888 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5889 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5890 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5891 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5892 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5893 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5894 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5895 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5896 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5903 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5904 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5905 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5906 compilations (functions). */
5909 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5911 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5912 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5913 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5914 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5916 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5919 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5920 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5921 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5922 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5924 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5926 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5929 return is_type_die (c
);
5932 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5933 compilation unit. */
5936 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5938 return (is_type_die (c
)
5939 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5940 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5944 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5948 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5949 return xstrdup (buf
);
5952 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5955 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5959 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5961 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5963 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5965 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5966 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5967 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5970 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5973 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5974 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5977 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5980 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5981 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5984 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5986 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5988 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5990 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5994 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5996 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5997 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5999 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6003 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6005 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6015 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6018 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6020 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6021 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6023 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6025 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6026 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6030 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6032 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6038 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6042 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6044 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6045 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6051 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6053 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6055 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6057 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6058 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6062 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6065 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6066 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6067 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6070 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6073 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6074 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6075 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6077 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6079 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6081 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6082 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6084 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6087 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6089 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6092 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6094 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6098 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6102 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6103 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6109 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6110 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6115 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6116 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6117 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6123 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6124 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6125 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6126 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6128 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6131 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6132 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6133 comdat_symbol_number
);
6136 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6139 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6140 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6141 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6144 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6148 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6149 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6150 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6151 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6153 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6154 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6157 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6160 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6165 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6166 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6167 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6169 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6170 output_location_lists (c
);
6174 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6175 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6176 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6177 die are visited recursively. */
6180 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6182 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6183 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6185 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6187 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6188 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6189 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6190 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6191 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6193 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6196 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6199 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6201 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6203 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6205 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6207 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6208 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6210 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6212 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6213 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6216 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6217 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6220 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6226 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6228 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6230 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6231 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6232 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6234 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6235 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6236 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6239 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6240 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6243 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6244 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6245 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6248 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6251 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6258 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6261 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6266 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6267 .debug_info section. */
6269 static unsigned long
6270 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6272 unsigned long size
= 0;
6275 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6276 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6278 switch (AT_class (a
))
6280 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6281 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6283 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6284 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6286 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6288 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6291 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6295 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6296 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6298 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6299 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6301 case dw_val_class_const
:
6302 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6304 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6305 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6307 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6308 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6310 case dw_val_class_float
:
6311 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6313 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6316 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6317 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6318 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6320 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6322 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6323 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6325 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6326 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6328 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6329 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6331 case dw_val_class_str
:
6332 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6333 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6335 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6345 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6346 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6347 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6348 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6351 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6355 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6356 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6358 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6361 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6362 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6363 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6366 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6367 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6368 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6369 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6372 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6380 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6384 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6387 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6395 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6399 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6402 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6411 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6412 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6414 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6415 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6416 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6419 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6420 compilation unit. */
6422 static unsigned long
6423 size_of_pubnames (void)
6428 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6429 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6431 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6432 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6435 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6439 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6441 static unsigned long
6442 size_of_aranges (void)
6446 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6448 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6449 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6450 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6452 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6453 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6457 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6459 static enum dwarf_form
6460 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6462 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6464 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6465 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6466 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6467 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6468 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6469 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6470 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6471 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6473 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6474 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6475 .debug_loc section */
6476 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6477 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6478 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6481 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6483 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6487 case dw_val_class_const
:
6488 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6489 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6490 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6493 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6495 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6497 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6499 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6503 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6504 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6505 case dw_val_class_float
:
6506 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6507 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6508 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6509 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6510 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6511 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6514 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6515 return DW_FORM_data
;
6516 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6517 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6518 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6519 return DW_FORM_data
;
6520 case dw_val_class_str
:
6521 return AT_string_form (a
);
6528 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6531 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6533 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6535 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6538 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6542 output_abbrev_section (void)
6544 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6548 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6550 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6552 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6554 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6556 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6561 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6562 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6564 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6565 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6566 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6573 /* Terminate the table. */
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6577 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6580 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6582 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6587 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6588 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6589 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6591 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6593 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6596 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6597 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6598 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6600 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6601 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6602 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6604 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6606 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6608 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6609 retlist
->section
= section
;
6611 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6616 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6619 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6620 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6621 const char *section
)
6625 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6626 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6629 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6630 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6633 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6636 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6638 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6640 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6642 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6643 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6644 in more than one section. */
6645 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6647 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6648 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6649 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6650 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6651 "Location list base address specifier base");
6654 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6655 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6658 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6660 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6661 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6662 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6663 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6664 "Location list end address (%s)",
6665 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6669 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
6670 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6671 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6672 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
6673 "Location list end address (%s)",
6674 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6676 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6678 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6681 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6683 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6686 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6687 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6688 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6689 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6690 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6691 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6694 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6695 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6698 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6704 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6705 them to point to. */
6706 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6707 output_die_symbol (die
);
6709 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6710 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6712 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6714 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6716 switch (AT_class (a
))
6718 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6719 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6722 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6723 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6727 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6729 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6731 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6732 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6733 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6739 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6740 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6742 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6743 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6745 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6748 case dw_val_class_const
:
6749 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6750 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6751 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6752 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6755 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6756 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6757 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6760 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6764 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6765 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6768 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6770 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6771 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6775 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6776 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6779 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6780 first
, "long long constant");
6781 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6786 case dw_val_class_float
:
6790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6793 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6794 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6795 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6799 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6803 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6805 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6809 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6813 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6814 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6816 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6820 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6822 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6825 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6829 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6833 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6834 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6835 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6839 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6840 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6843 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6844 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6847 case dw_val_class_str
:
6848 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6849 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6850 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6851 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6853 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6861 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6864 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6865 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6870 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6871 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6874 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6876 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6877 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6878 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6879 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6880 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6881 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6882 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6883 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6884 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6888 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6891 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6893 const char *secname
;
6896 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6897 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6900 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6901 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6902 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6903 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6904 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6907 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6909 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6910 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6911 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6913 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6916 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6918 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6920 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6923 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6925 /* Output debugging information. */
6926 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6927 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6930 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6935 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6939 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6940 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6941 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6944 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6946 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6949 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6952 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6956 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6959 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6961 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6963 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6964 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6965 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6966 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6969 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6971 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6974 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6975 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6976 visible procedures. */
6979 output_pubnames (void)
6982 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6984 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6985 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6986 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6988 "Length of Public Names Info");
6989 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6990 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6991 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6992 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6993 "Compilation Unit Length");
6995 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6997 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6999 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7000 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7003 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7006 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7009 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7012 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7015 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7017 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7020 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7022 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7023 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7024 (arange_table_allocated
7025 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7026 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7027 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7030 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7033 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7034 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7035 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7038 output_aranges (void)
7041 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7043 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7045 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7046 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7047 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7048 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7049 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7050 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7054 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7055 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7057 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7059 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7060 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7061 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7065 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7066 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7067 text_section_label
, "Length");
7069 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7071 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7073 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7074 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7077 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7081 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7082 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7086 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7087 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7088 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7089 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7090 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7092 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7096 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7099 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7100 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7101 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7102 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7107 /* Output the terminator words. */
7108 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7109 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7112 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7116 add_ranges (tree block
)
7118 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7120 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7122 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7124 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7125 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7126 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7127 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7130 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7131 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7133 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7137 output_ranges (void)
7140 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7141 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7143 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7145 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7149 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7150 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7152 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7153 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7155 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7156 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7157 base of the text section. */
7158 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7160 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7162 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7163 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7164 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7167 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7168 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7169 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7170 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7173 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7174 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7175 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7182 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7183 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7189 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7192 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7193 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7194 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7195 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7196 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7199 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7203 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7204 int length
; /* Path length. */
7205 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7206 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7207 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7208 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7211 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7212 the directories in the path. */
7215 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7217 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7218 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7222 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7223 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7224 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7225 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7226 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7227 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7228 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7230 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7231 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7237 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7238 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7239 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7240 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7241 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7243 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7244 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7249 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7250 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7251 slowdowns with many input files. */
7254 output_file_names (void)
7256 struct file_info
*files
;
7257 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7266 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7267 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7274 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7275 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7276 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7278 /* Sort the file names. */
7279 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7283 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7284 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7285 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7288 /* Create a new array entry. */
7290 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7291 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7293 /* Search for the file name part. */
7294 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7295 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7298 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7299 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7301 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7302 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7303 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7304 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7306 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7308 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7311 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7312 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7313 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7314 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7316 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7317 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7318 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7324 /* This is a new directory. */
7325 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7326 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7327 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7328 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7329 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7330 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7332 /* Search for a prefix. */
7333 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7334 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7335 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7336 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7337 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7338 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7339 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7340 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7345 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7346 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7347 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7348 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7349 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7350 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7351 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7352 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7354 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7355 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7360 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7361 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7362 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7363 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7365 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7368 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7370 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7375 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7380 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7381 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7383 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7384 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7389 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7391 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7393 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7394 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7395 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7397 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7398 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7400 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7401 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7406 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7407 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7408 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7409 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7410 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7412 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7414 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7415 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7418 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7419 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7420 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7421 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7422 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7424 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7425 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7426 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7428 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7429 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7430 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7433 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7435 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7437 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7440 /* Now write all the file names. */
7441 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7443 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7444 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7446 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7447 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7449 /* Include directory index. */
7450 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7452 /* Modification time. */
7453 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7455 /* File length in bytes. */
7456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7459 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7463 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7464 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7467 output_line_info (void)
7469 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7470 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7471 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7474 unsigned long lt_index
;
7475 unsigned long current_line
;
7478 unsigned long current_file
;
7479 unsigned long function
;
7481 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7482 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7483 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7484 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7486 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7487 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7488 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7489 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7490 "Length of Source Line Info");
7491 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7494 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7495 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7497 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7498 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7499 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7500 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7501 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7502 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7503 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7504 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7506 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7509 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7511 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7512 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7513 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7514 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7515 "Special Opcode Base");
7517 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7521 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7522 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7523 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7524 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7525 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7537 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7538 output_file_names ();
7539 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7541 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7542 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7543 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7545 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7546 a series of state machine operations. */
7549 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7550 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7552 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7555 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7556 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7559 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7560 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7561 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7562 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7563 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7567 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7569 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7570 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7571 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7572 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7573 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7574 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7579 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7581 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7582 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7586 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7587 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7588 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7589 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7590 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7591 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7594 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7596 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7597 different from the previous line. */
7598 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7600 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7601 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7602 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7603 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7607 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7608 that uses the least amount of space. */
7609 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7611 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7612 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7613 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7614 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7615 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7616 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7619 "line %lu", current_line
);
7622 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7623 depending on the value being encoded. */
7624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7625 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7626 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7627 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7631 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7635 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7639 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7640 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7645 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7647 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7651 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7652 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7657 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7659 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7660 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7663 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7664 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7665 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7666 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7670 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7671 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7672 to handle it differently. */
7673 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7675 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7677 function
= line_info
->function
;
7679 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7681 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7683 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7687 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7691 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7692 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7697 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7699 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7703 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7705 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7706 different from the previous line. */
7707 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7709 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7712 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7716 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7717 that uses the least amount of space. */
7718 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7720 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7721 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7722 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7723 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7725 "line %lu", current_line
);
7728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7729 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7730 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7735 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7743 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7744 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7745 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7750 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7755 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7756 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7760 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7761 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7763 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7766 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7768 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7773 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7774 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7777 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7778 a DIE that describes the given type.
7780 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7781 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7784 base_type_die (tree type
)
7786 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7787 const char *type_name
;
7788 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7789 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7791 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7796 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7797 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7799 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7802 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7804 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7807 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7808 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7809 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7811 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7812 && (type
== char_type_node
7813 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7814 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7816 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7817 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7819 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7822 /* else fall through. */
7825 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7826 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7827 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7829 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7833 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7836 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7837 a user defined type for it. */
7839 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7840 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7842 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7846 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7847 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7851 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7855 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7856 if (demangle_name_func
)
7857 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7859 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7860 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7861 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7862 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7864 return base_type_result
;
7867 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7868 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7869 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7870 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7871 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7872 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7873 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7874 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7877 root_type (tree type
)
7879 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7880 return error_mark_node
;
7882 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7885 return error_mark_node
;
7888 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7889 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7892 return type_main_variant (type
);
7896 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7897 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7900 is_base_type (tree type
)
7902 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7917 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7922 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7936 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7937 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7938 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7939 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7942 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7943 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7945 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7946 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7947 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7949 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7950 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7952 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7955 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7956 emitted as a subrange type. */
7959 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
7961 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7963 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7964 && subtype
!= NULL_TREE
)
7966 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == INTEGER_TYPE
)
7968 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7974 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7975 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7978 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
7980 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7981 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7982 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7983 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
7985 if (context_die
== NULL
)
7986 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
7988 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7989 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
7991 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7993 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
7997 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7998 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7999 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8002 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8004 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8005 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8006 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8009 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8010 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8011 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8012 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8013 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8014 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8015 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8017 return subrange_die
;
8020 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8021 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8024 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8025 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8027 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8028 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8029 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8030 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8032 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8034 tree qualified_type
;
8036 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8039 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8040 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8042 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8044 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8047 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8049 return mod_type_die
;
8052 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8053 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8054 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8055 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8057 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8058 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8060 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8062 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8063 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8064 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8066 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8067 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8068 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8069 type to which it refers. */
8071 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8072 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8075 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8081 else if (is_const_type
)
8083 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8084 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8086 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8088 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8089 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8091 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8093 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8094 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8095 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8097 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8099 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8101 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8103 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8104 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8105 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8107 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8109 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8111 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8112 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8113 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8114 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8117 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8119 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8120 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8121 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8122 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8123 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8125 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8126 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8128 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8129 not the main variant. */
8130 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8131 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8135 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8136 type
= qualified_type
;
8140 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8142 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8143 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8144 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8145 types are possible in Ada. */
8146 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8147 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8148 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8151 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8152 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8154 return mod_type_die
;
8157 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8158 an enumerated type. */
8161 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8163 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8166 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8169 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8171 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8173 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8176 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8179 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8180 zero if there is none. */
8182 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8183 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8188 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8191 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8192 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8194 if (hard_regno_nregs
[reg
][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1
8196 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8198 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8201 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8202 a given hard register number. */
8204 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8205 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8208 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8210 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8213 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8214 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8216 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8217 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8221 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8223 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8224 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[reg
][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8226 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8227 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8229 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8236 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8237 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8238 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8244 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8246 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8249 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8252 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8256 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8257 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8258 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8259 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8264 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8266 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8267 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8269 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8271 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8272 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8276 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8279 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8281 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8291 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8293 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8294 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8300 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8303 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8305 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8306 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8308 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8309 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8310 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8312 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8313 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8314 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8316 if (reg
== fp_reg
&& can_use_fbreg
)
8317 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8319 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8321 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8326 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8329 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8331 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8332 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8333 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8334 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8337 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8338 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8339 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8340 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8342 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8343 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8344 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8345 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8347 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8348 autoincrement addressing modes.
8350 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8351 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8352 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8353 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8355 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8357 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8358 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8360 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8362 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8363 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8364 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8365 zeroth element of the array. */
8367 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8369 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8374 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8375 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8377 /* ... fall through ... */
8380 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8381 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8382 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8383 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8384 contains the given subreg. */
8385 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8387 /* ... fall through ... */
8390 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8391 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8392 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8393 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8394 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8395 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8396 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8397 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8398 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8399 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8400 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8401 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8402 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8403 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8404 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0, can_use_fbreg
);
8408 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8410 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8411 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8415 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8417 /* ... fall through ... */
8420 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8421 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8425 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8426 by a different symbol. */
8427 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8430 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8432 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8435 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8436 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8441 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8442 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8443 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8444 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8449 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8450 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8451 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8452 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8456 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8458 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8463 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8465 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8466 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8467 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8468 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8470 /* ... fall through ... */
8474 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8475 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8476 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
8480 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8482 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8485 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8486 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8487 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8488 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8489 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8492 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8493 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8495 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8496 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8503 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8504 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8505 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8507 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8510 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8513 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8514 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8515 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8520 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8524 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8526 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8527 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
,
8536 return mem_loc_result
;
8539 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8540 This is typically a complex variable. */
8542 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8543 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8545 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8546 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, true);
8547 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, true);
8549 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8552 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8553 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8554 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8555 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8557 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8558 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8559 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8560 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8562 return cc_loc_result
;
8565 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8566 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8567 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8568 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8569 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8571 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8573 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8574 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8576 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8578 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8581 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8582 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8583 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8584 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8585 contains the given subreg. */
8586 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8588 /* ... fall through ... */
8591 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8595 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8600 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8605 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
8607 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg
);
8609 /* Multiple parts. */
8612 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0);
8613 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
8614 enum machine_mode mode
;
8617 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8618 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
8620 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8621 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8622 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8623 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
8625 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
8627 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
8629 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
8630 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
8631 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8632 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8633 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8645 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8646 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8647 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8648 descriptor, return 0. */
8650 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8651 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8653 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8655 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8656 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8658 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8659 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8662 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8667 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8668 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8669 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8670 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8671 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8672 the names of types. */
8679 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8680 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8681 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8682 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8683 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8684 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8685 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8686 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8689 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8690 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8694 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8698 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8699 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8703 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8704 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8705 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8708 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8709 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8712 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8714 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8715 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8718 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8719 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8720 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8722 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8723 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8732 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8734 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8736 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8738 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8739 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8740 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8745 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8747 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8750 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8753 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, true);
8759 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8764 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8768 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8769 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8772 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8777 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8780 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8781 enum machine_mode mode
;
8784 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8785 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8790 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8792 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8795 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8797 /* Variable offset. */
8798 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8799 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8805 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8807 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8808 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8810 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8811 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8817 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8818 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8825 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8826 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8827 enum machine_mode mode
;
8829 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8831 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8832 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8834 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8837 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, true);
8841 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8842 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8847 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8853 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8858 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8860 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8861 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8869 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8871 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8872 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8885 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8889 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8890 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8892 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8896 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8897 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8898 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8908 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8915 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8922 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8929 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8944 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8945 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8946 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8949 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8950 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8953 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8967 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8971 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8975 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8976 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8977 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8978 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8980 /* ... fall through ... */
8984 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8985 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8986 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8987 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8988 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8990 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8991 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8994 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8995 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8997 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8998 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8999 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9001 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9002 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9003 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9005 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9006 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9007 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9008 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9009 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9014 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9015 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9016 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9017 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9020 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9021 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9025 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9026 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
9029 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9030 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
9032 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9034 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9036 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9039 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9041 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9047 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9048 which is not less than the value itself. */
9050 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9051 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9053 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9056 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9057 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9058 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9062 field_type (tree decl
)
9066 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9067 return integer_type_node
;
9069 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9070 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9071 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9076 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9077 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9078 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9080 static inline unsigned
9081 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9083 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9086 static inline unsigned
9087 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9089 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9092 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9093 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9094 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9095 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9096 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9099 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9100 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9102 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9103 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9104 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9105 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9107 tree field_size_tree
;
9108 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9109 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9110 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9112 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9114 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9117 type
= field_type (decl
);
9118 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9120 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9121 a flexible array member. */
9122 if (! field_size_tree
)
9123 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9125 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9126 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9127 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9128 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9131 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9133 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9134 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9135 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9137 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9139 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9140 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9141 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9143 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9144 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9145 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9146 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9147 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9148 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9149 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9150 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9152 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9154 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9155 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9156 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9157 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9158 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9159 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9160 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9161 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9162 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9163 bits of the bit-field itself.
9165 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9166 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9167 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9168 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9169 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9170 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9171 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9172 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9173 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9175 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9176 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9177 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9178 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9179 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9180 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9182 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9183 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9184 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9186 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9187 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9188 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9190 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9191 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9192 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9193 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9195 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9197 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9198 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9200 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9201 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9202 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9203 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9206 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9209 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9210 associated with them. */
9212 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9214 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9215 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9216 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9219 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9220 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9223 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9226 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9227 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9228 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9229 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9230 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9231 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9234 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9235 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9236 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9237 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9238 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9239 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9240 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9241 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9242 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9246 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9248 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9249 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9251 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9253 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9254 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9256 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9257 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9258 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9259 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9261 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9263 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9265 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9267 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9268 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9269 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9271 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9272 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9273 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9275 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9276 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9280 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9281 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9282 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9283 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9285 /* Extract the offset. */
9286 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9287 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9289 /* Add it to the object address. */
9290 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9291 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9294 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9297 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9301 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9303 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9304 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9305 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9307 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9308 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9309 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9313 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9316 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9319 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9322 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9323 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9324 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9325 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9326 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9329 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9331 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9335 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9338 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9340 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9345 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9346 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9347 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9348 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9350 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9352 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9354 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9355 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9358 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9359 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9361 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9365 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9366 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9369 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9370 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9376 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9382 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9383 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9387 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9388 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9389 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9390 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9391 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9392 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9393 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9394 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9395 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9396 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9397 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9401 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9408 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9412 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9413 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9414 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9416 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9417 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9418 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9419 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9420 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9421 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9422 referenced within the function.
9424 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9425 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9426 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9427 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9429 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9430 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9431 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9432 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9433 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9434 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9436 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9437 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9438 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9439 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9440 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9441 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9442 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9443 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9444 output at debug-time.
9446 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9447 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9448 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9449 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9450 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9451 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9452 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9453 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9454 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9455 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9456 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9457 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9458 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9460 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9461 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9462 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9463 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9464 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9465 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9466 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9467 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9470 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9471 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9472 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9473 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9474 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9475 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9476 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9477 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9478 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9479 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9480 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9481 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9482 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9485 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9486 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9488 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9489 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9491 if (! reload_completed
)
9494 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9495 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9496 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9497 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9498 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9499 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9501 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9506 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9508 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9510 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9511 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9513 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9514 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9515 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9516 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9517 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9518 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9519 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9520 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9521 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9522 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9525 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9526 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9527 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9528 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9529 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9530 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9532 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9533 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9534 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9535 /* Not passed in memory. */
9536 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9537 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9538 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9539 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9540 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9541 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9542 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9545 /* Big endian correction check. */
9547 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9548 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9551 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9552 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9554 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9555 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9559 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9561 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9562 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9563 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9564 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9568 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9569 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9570 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9571 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9573 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9574 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9575 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9576 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9578 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9579 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9580 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9581 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9582 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9584 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9586 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9587 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9588 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9589 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9590 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9591 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9593 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9594 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9595 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9596 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9597 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9599 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9600 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9601 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9602 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9608 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9610 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9611 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9612 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9614 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9619 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9620 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9621 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9622 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9623 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9624 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9625 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9626 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9627 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9628 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9631 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
9632 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
9635 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9636 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
9638 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9640 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9643 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
9644 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
9646 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
9648 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
9650 const char *secname
;
9651 const char *endname
;
9652 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
9654 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
9656 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
9657 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
9658 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
9660 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
9662 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
9663 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
9666 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
9668 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
9669 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
9671 else if (current_function_decl
9672 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
9674 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
9675 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
9678 secname
= TEXT_SECTION_NAME
;
9680 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
9681 actually construct the list of locations.
9682 The first location information is what is passed to the
9683 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
9684 locations just get added on to that list.
9685 Note that we only know the start address for a location
9686 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
9687 the range [current location start, next location start].
9688 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
9689 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
9691 node
= loc_list
->first
;
9692 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
9693 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
, attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
9694 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
9697 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
9698 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
9700 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
9701 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
9702 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
9703 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
9704 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
9705 attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
9706 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
9709 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
9710 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
9711 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
9713 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9715 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
9716 if (!current_function_decl
)
9717 endname
= text_end_label
;
9720 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
9721 current_function_funcdef_no
);
9722 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
9724 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
9725 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
9726 attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
9727 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
9730 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
9731 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
9735 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9736 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9739 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9742 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9743 don't emit anything. */
9753 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9754 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9758 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9760 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9761 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9762 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9763 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9764 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9771 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, true);
9773 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
9778 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9779 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9780 enum machine_mode mode
;
9783 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9784 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0), true);
9785 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9786 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9787 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9788 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9790 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9792 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0), true);
9793 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9794 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9795 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9796 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9797 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9800 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9808 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9809 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9810 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9813 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9815 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9816 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9818 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9819 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9824 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9827 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9828 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9829 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9831 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9832 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9833 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9840 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9841 the value of the attribute. */
9844 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9846 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9848 if (demangle_name_func
)
9849 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9851 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9855 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9858 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9860 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9862 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9865 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9866 a representation for that bound. */
9869 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9871 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9876 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9878 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9879 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9880 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9881 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9882 /* use the default */
9885 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9890 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9891 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9892 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9896 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9897 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9898 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9899 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9900 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9901 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9902 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9903 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9904 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9905 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9906 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9907 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9908 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9909 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9910 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9911 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9912 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9913 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9915 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9916 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9917 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9918 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9919 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9921 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9922 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9923 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9925 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9926 it references an outer function's frame. */
9927 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9929 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9931 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9932 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9935 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9936 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9937 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9938 loc_descriptor (loc
, true));
9939 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9942 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9948 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9950 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9951 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9952 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9953 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9955 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9956 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9962 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9963 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9965 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9966 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9968 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9972 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9973 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9975 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9977 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9978 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9979 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9980 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9981 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9983 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9984 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9986 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9987 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9988 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9989 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9991 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9997 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9998 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10001 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10003 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10004 unsigned dimension_number
;
10007 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10009 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10010 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10011 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10012 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10013 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10014 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10015 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10016 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10018 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10019 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10020 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10021 gen_array_type_die. */
10022 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10023 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10024 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10025 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10028 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10030 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10031 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10033 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10036 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10037 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10038 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10040 /* Define the index type. */
10041 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10043 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10044 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10045 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10046 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10047 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10048 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10049 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10052 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10056 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10057 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10059 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10060 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10061 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10063 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10065 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10068 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10069 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10075 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10079 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10084 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10087 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10088 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10091 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10092 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10093 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10094 even for bit-fields. */
10095 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10101 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10102 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10103 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10104 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10105 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10108 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10109 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10110 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10113 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10114 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10115 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10116 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10117 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10118 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10120 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10121 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10122 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10125 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10127 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10128 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10129 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10130 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10131 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10132 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10134 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10136 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10139 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10140 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10141 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10142 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10143 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10146 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10148 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10149 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10150 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10151 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10152 below must take account of these differences. */
10153 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10154 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10156 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10158 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10159 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10163 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10164 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10165 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10167 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10170 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10171 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10174 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10176 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10177 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10178 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10181 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10182 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10185 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10186 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10189 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10191 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10192 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10193 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10196 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10197 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10201 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10203 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10205 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10207 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10208 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10209 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10211 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10212 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10216 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10218 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10220 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10223 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10224 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10225 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10226 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10228 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10231 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10234 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10237 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10239 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10241 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10243 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10244 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10245 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10246 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10249 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10250 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10251 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10252 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10256 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10259 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10261 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10263 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10264 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10267 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10268 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10271 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10275 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10276 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10278 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10279 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10280 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10282 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10283 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10284 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10285 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10286 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10287 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10290 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10291 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10292 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10293 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10295 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10296 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10297 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10302 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10305 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10307 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10310 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10313 pop_decl_scope (void)
10315 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10318 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10321 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10322 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10323 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10324 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10325 the current active scope. */
10328 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10330 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10331 tree containing_scope
;
10334 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10338 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10340 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10341 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10343 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10346 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10349 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10350 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10351 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10352 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10353 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10355 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10356 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10357 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10359 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10360 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10361 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10362 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10363 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10368 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10369 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10372 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10373 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10376 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10379 scope_die
= context_die
;
10384 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10387 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10389 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10390 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10391 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10397 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10398 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10401 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10403 return (context_die
10404 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10405 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10406 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10409 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10410 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10411 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10414 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10415 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10417 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10418 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10420 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10421 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10422 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10423 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10424 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10425 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10426 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10428 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10429 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10430 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10431 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10432 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10435 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10436 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10437 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10440 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10441 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10444 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10445 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10446 was declared without a tag. */
10448 static const char *
10449 type_tag (tree type
)
10451 const char *name
= 0;
10453 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10457 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10458 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10459 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10461 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10462 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10464 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10465 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10466 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10468 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10470 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10473 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10476 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10477 for bit field types. */
10480 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10482 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10483 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10486 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10487 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10490 static const char *
10491 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10494 const char *fnname
;
10496 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10497 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10501 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10504 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10509 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10510 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10511 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10514 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10516 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10517 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10520 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10521 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10522 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10523 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10524 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10527 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10528 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10529 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10531 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10533 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10534 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10535 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10536 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10540 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10541 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10542 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10543 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10544 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10545 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10546 for multidimensional arrays. */
10547 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10550 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10551 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10552 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10553 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10554 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10557 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10559 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10560 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10562 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10563 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10564 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10565 add_subscript_info. */
10566 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10567 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10568 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10570 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10573 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10577 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10579 dw_die_ref type_die
10580 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10582 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10583 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10588 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10590 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10591 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10593 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10594 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10597 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10598 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10599 0, 0, context_die
);
10602 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10603 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10605 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10609 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10610 emit full debugging info for them. */
10613 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10617 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10618 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10621 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10624 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10626 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10628 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10629 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10630 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10633 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10636 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10638 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10640 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10641 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10642 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10645 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10648 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10650 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10652 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10653 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10654 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10657 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10658 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10659 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10663 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10665 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10667 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10669 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10670 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10671 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10672 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10674 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10677 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10679 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10680 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10681 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10682 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10686 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10687 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10688 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10689 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10691 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10692 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10693 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10694 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10696 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10697 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10699 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10701 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10702 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10704 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10705 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10707 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10708 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10709 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10711 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10712 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10717 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10722 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10723 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10726 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10727 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10728 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10729 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10730 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10731 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10732 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10733 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10736 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10738 dw_die_ref parm_die
10739 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10742 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10745 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10746 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10747 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10750 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10751 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10752 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10753 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10755 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10756 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10759 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10760 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10761 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
10766 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10767 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10777 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10778 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10781 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10783 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10786 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10787 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10788 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10789 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10792 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10795 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10796 tree first_parm_type
;
10799 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10801 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10802 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10807 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10809 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10810 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10811 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10813 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10815 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10816 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10819 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10820 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10821 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10822 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10823 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10824 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10826 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10828 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10831 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10832 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10833 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10834 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10836 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10837 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10838 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10839 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10840 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10841 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10844 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10845 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10846 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10847 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10848 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10851 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10853 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10855 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10856 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10857 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10858 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10860 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10863 push_decl_scope (type
);
10864 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10865 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10867 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10873 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10874 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10877 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10879 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10882 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10884 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10885 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10887 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10888 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10889 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10892 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10893 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10894 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10896 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10898 gen_type_die_for_member
10899 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10902 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10903 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10904 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10906 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10907 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10908 if (! was_abstract
)
10909 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10911 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10914 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10918 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10920 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10921 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10922 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10926 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10927 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10928 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10930 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10931 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10932 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10933 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10934 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10936 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10937 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
10944 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10946 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10949 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10950 inline function. */
10951 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10952 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10954 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10955 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10959 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10961 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10962 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10963 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10964 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10965 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10967 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10968 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10969 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10970 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10971 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10977 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10978 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10979 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10980 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10981 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10982 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10983 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10984 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10985 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10986 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10987 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10988 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10990 subr_die
= old_die
;
10992 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
10993 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
10994 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
10995 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
10996 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
10997 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10998 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11002 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11003 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11004 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11005 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11006 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11007 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11009 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11014 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11016 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11017 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11019 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11020 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11022 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11023 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11024 0, 0, context_die
);
11027 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11028 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11029 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11031 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11032 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11033 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11034 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11039 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11041 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11043 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11044 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11045 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11046 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11048 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11049 later reused to represent definition. */
11050 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11053 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11055 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11057 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11058 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11060 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11064 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11065 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11067 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11070 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11072 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11074 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11075 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11078 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11079 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11080 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11081 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11082 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11084 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11085 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11087 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11088 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11089 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11092 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11093 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11094 variables is relative to one of them. */
11095 if (frame_base_decl
&& lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl
) != NULL
)
11097 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die
, frame_base_decl
,
11103 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11104 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11108 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11109 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11110 if (current_function_needs_context
)
11111 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11112 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
11116 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11117 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11118 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11119 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11120 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11121 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11122 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11123 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11124 an ellipsis at the end. */
11126 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11127 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11128 its formal parameters. */
11129 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11131 else if (declaration
)
11132 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11135 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11136 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11139 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11140 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11141 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11142 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11144 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11145 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11146 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11147 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11149 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11152 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11153 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11154 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11155 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11156 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11157 parameters at all. */
11158 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11159 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11161 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11162 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11163 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11165 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11166 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11169 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11170 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11171 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11173 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11174 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11175 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11176 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11177 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11178 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11179 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11181 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11182 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11183 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11184 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11185 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11186 constructor function. */
11187 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11189 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11190 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11192 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11193 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11195 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11196 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11198 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11199 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11206 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11209 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11211 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11212 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11214 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11215 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11216 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11218 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11219 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11221 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11222 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11224 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11225 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11228 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11229 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11230 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11232 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11233 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
11234 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11236 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11238 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11239 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11241 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11242 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11244 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11245 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11250 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11251 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11252 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11254 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11255 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11257 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11258 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11260 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11261 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11262 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11263 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11267 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11269 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11270 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11272 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11274 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
11275 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11278 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11281 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11284 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11286 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11287 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11289 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11291 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11292 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11294 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11296 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11297 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11300 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11302 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11303 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11304 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11306 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11307 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11308 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11310 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11311 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11312 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11313 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11314 it if it ever does happen. */
11315 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11318 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11319 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11324 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11327 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11329 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11330 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11332 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11334 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11338 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11340 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11343 add_ranges (chain
);
11344 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11351 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11352 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11353 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11354 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11355 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11356 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11360 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11363 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11366 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11368 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11370 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11371 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11372 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11373 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11374 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11376 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11378 dw_die_ref subr_die
11379 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11380 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11382 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11384 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11385 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11386 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11387 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11388 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11389 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11390 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11393 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11394 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11395 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11396 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11397 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11398 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11399 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11400 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11401 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11402 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11403 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11405 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11408 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11411 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11413 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11415 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11418 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11419 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11420 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11421 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11424 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11426 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11427 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11428 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11431 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11432 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11434 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11435 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11437 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11438 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11439 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11440 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11444 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11445 Use modified_type_die instead.
11446 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11447 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11450 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11453 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11455 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11456 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11457 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11460 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11461 Use modified_type_die instead.
11462 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11463 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11466 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11469 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11471 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11472 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11473 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11477 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11480 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11483 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11484 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11486 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11487 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11488 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11489 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11492 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11495 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11498 char producer
[250];
11499 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11502 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11506 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11507 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11508 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11509 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11512 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11514 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11515 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11516 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11517 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11518 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11519 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11520 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11521 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11522 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11525 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11527 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11528 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11529 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11530 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11531 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11532 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11533 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11534 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11535 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11536 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11538 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11540 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11544 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11547 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11549 dw_die_ref type_die
11550 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11552 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11554 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11555 TODO: add string length info. */
11557 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11558 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11562 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11565 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11567 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11569 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11570 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11572 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11573 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11575 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11576 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11577 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11578 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11581 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11584 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11587 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11590 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11591 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11592 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11593 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11594 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11595 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11596 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11597 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11598 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11599 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11600 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11602 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11603 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11605 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11606 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11607 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11610 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11611 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11612 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11613 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11616 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11617 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11619 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11620 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11621 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11622 do put them in the right order. */
11624 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11626 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11628 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11631 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11632 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11634 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11635 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11638 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11640 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11642 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11646 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11647 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11648 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11651 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11653 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11654 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11656 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11657 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11658 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11659 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11661 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11664 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11665 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11666 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11669 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11671 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11672 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11674 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11676 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11677 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11679 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11681 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11683 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11686 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11688 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11689 then give a list of members. */
11690 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11692 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11693 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11694 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11695 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11696 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11697 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11699 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11700 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11701 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11702 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11704 push_decl_scope (type
);
11705 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11708 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11709 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11711 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11713 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11714 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11715 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11720 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11722 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11723 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11724 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11725 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11729 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11732 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11734 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11735 dw_die_ref subr_die
11736 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11737 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11739 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11740 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11741 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11742 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11745 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11748 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11750 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11753 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11756 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11757 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11758 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11759 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11760 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11765 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11766 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11768 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11770 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11773 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11776 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11778 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11779 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11782 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11783 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11786 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11789 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11793 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11796 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11797 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11799 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11802 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11803 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11806 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11807 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11811 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11812 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11813 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11814 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11815 cloned type itself). */
11816 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11817 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11819 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11822 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11828 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11829 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11830 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11831 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11832 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11834 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11836 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11837 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11838 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11842 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11843 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11844 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11846 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11847 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11849 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11851 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11855 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11856 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11860 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11861 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11864 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11865 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11866 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11867 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11871 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11872 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11873 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11877 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11879 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11880 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11883 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11887 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11890 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11893 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11894 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11895 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11896 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11897 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11898 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11899 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11900 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11901 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11902 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11904 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11906 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11909 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11910 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11911 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11916 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
11920 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11921 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11923 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11928 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11929 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11930 when appropriate. */
11939 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11943 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11950 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11953 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11956 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11958 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11961 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11962 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11963 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11965 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11968 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11969 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11971 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11976 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11977 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11981 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11985 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11986 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11994 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11995 things which are local to the given block. */
11998 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12000 int must_output_die
= 0;
12003 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12005 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12006 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
12007 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
12010 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12011 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12012 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12013 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12017 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12018 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12023 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12024 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12025 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12026 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12027 the current block. */
12028 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12029 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12031 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12033 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12034 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12035 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12036 must_output_die
= 1;
12039 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12040 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12041 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12042 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12043 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12044 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12045 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12046 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12048 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12049 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12050 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12051 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12052 as being a "significant" one. */
12053 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
12055 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12056 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12057 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12058 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12059 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12060 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12062 must_output_die
= 1;
12068 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12069 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12070 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12071 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12072 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12073 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12074 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12075 if (must_output_die
)
12077 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12078 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12080 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12083 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12086 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12087 all of its sub-blocks. */
12090 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12095 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12096 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12099 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12100 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12101 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12102 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12103 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12107 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12108 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12109 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12110 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12114 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12115 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12117 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12120 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12121 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12124 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12125 therein) of this block. */
12126 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12128 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12129 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12132 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12135 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12137 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12140 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12141 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12142 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12143 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12144 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12145 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12151 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12154 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12156 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12157 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12158 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12159 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12162 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12163 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12166 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12167 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12168 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12170 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12173 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12175 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12177 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12178 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12179 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12180 declaration die. */
12181 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12182 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
12183 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12184 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12188 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12189 gen_decl_die() call. */
12190 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
12191 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
12192 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12193 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
12196 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12197 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12204 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
12205 If not then abort. */
12207 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12215 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12218 force_type_die (tree type
)
12220 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12222 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12225 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12226 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12227 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12228 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12230 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12232 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12234 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12235 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12242 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12243 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12246 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12248 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
12249 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12250 /* Force out the namespace. */
12251 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12253 return context_die
;
12256 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12257 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12259 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12260 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12263 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12265 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12267 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12270 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12272 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12274 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12275 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12277 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12281 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12284 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12286 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12288 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12289 they are an alias of. */
12290 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12292 /* Output a real namespace. */
12293 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12294 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
12295 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12296 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12300 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12302 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12303 dw_die_ref origin_die
12304 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12306 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12307 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12308 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
12309 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12310 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
12311 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12315 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12318 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12322 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12325 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12331 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12332 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12335 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12336 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12337 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12338 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12339 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12342 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12343 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12344 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12346 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12347 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12348 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
12349 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12350 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
12351 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12352 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12353 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12354 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12356 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12357 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12360 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12361 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12363 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12364 have described its return type. */
12365 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12367 /* And its virtual context. */
12368 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12369 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12371 /* And its containing type. */
12372 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12373 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12374 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12376 /* And its containing namespace. */
12377 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12380 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12381 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12385 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12386 actual typedefs. */
12387 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12390 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12391 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12392 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12393 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12394 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12395 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12396 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12398 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12402 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12403 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12405 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12406 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12410 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12411 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12415 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12416 variable declarations or definitions. */
12417 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12420 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12422 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12424 /* And its containing type. */
12425 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12426 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12427 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12429 /* And its containing namespace. */
12430 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12432 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12433 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12434 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12436 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12437 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12438 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12440 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12444 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12445 anonymous unions and structs. */
12446 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12447 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
12448 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12450 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12451 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12456 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12457 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12460 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12461 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12465 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12466 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12472 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12475 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12477 unsigned int file_index
;
12479 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12481 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12482 tree context_list_decl
12483 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12486 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12487 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12488 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12489 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12490 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12494 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12495 compilation proper has finished. */
12498 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12500 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12501 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12502 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12503 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12504 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12505 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12508 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12511 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
12513 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
12514 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
12515 unsigned file_index
;
12517 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12523 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12524 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12527 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12528 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12530 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12531 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
12532 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
12534 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12536 /* For TYPE_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12537 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12538 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12540 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
12542 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12543 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12544 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
12546 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
12548 file_index
= lookup_filename (input_filename
);
12549 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12550 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, input_line
);
12551 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
12554 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12557 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12559 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12561 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12566 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12567 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12568 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12569 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12570 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12573 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12574 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12575 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12576 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12577 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12578 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12579 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12580 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12581 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12582 with the definition of the function.
12584 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12585 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12586 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12587 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12588 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12589 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12590 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12591 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12592 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12593 that they *are* definitions).
12595 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12596 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12597 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12598 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12599 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12600 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12603 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12604 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12605 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12606 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12607 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12608 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12609 context_die
= NULL
;
12613 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12614 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12615 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12616 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12617 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12618 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12619 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12620 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12621 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12624 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12625 variable declarations or definitions. */
12626 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12630 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12631 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12633 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12638 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12639 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12642 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12643 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12644 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12646 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12647 comparisons have. */
12648 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12649 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12650 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12651 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12652 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12657 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12658 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12661 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12662 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12663 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12664 context_die
= NULL
;
12672 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12675 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12676 a lexical block. */
12679 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12680 unsigned int blocknum
)
12682 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12683 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12686 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12690 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12692 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12693 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12696 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12697 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12699 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12700 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12701 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12704 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12708 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12709 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12710 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12716 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12717 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12718 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12719 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12720 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12721 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12722 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12723 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12724 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12728 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12731 char *save_file_name
;
12733 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12734 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12735 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12738 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12739 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12740 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12743 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12744 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12745 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12746 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12748 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12752 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12753 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12754 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12755 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12756 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12762 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12764 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12766 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12768 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12769 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12770 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12771 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12772 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12773 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12775 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12782 init_file_table (void)
12784 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12785 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12786 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12788 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12789 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12790 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12791 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12794 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
12795 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
12796 our lookup table. */
12799 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
12801 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12802 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
12804 static rtx last_insn
;
12805 static const char *last_label
;
12807 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
12809 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
12811 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
12812 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
12813 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
12815 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
12816 && last_insn
== prev_insn
12817 && GET_CODE (prev_insn
) == NOTE
12818 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
12820 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
12824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
12825 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
12827 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
12829 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
12830 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
12832 last_insn
= loc_note
;
12833 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
12835 add_var_loc_to_decl (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
), newloc
);
12838 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
12839 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
12840 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
12841 that hook is called. */
12844 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12846 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
12849 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12850 and record information relating to this source line, in
12851 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12854 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12856 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12859 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12861 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12862 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12863 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12866 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12868 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12870 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12872 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12873 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12875 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12876 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12878 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12879 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12880 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12882 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12884 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12885 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12886 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12888 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12889 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12890 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12892 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12893 separate_line_info_table
12894 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12895 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12896 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12897 memset (separate_line_info_table
12898 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12900 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12901 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12904 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12906 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12907 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12908 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12909 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12913 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12915 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12916 line_info_table_in_use
);
12918 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12919 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12921 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12923 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12924 (line_info_table_allocated
12925 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12926 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12927 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12930 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12931 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12932 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12933 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12938 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12941 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12943 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12945 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12946 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12948 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12949 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12952 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12954 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12958 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12959 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12960 "Filename we just started");
12964 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12967 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12969 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12970 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12971 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12973 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12975 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12980 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12981 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12982 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12985 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12986 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12988 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12990 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12993 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12997 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12998 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12999 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13002 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13003 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13005 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13007 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13010 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13014 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13017 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13019 init_file_table ();
13021 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13022 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13023 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13025 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13026 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13027 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13029 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13030 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13032 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13033 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13034 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13035 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13036 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13037 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13039 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13040 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13041 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13042 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13044 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13045 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13047 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13048 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13049 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13050 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13051 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13052 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13053 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13055 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
13057 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13061 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13062 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
13063 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13065 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
13067 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13068 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13070 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13072 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13073 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13075 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13076 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13077 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13078 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13080 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13082 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13083 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13084 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13085 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13088 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
13091 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13095 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13096 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13099 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13101 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13103 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13105 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
13106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13107 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13115 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13116 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13119 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
13123 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13124 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
13128 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13129 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13132 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
13136 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
13138 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
13140 /* A reference to another DIE.
13141 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13142 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
13144 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
13146 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13147 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
13148 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
13154 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13155 to DIE's children. */
13158 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
13162 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
13164 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13167 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13168 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13169 if (die
->die_parent
)
13170 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
13172 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13173 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13175 /* If this node is a specification,
13176 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13177 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
13178 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
13181 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
13183 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13184 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13188 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13190 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13191 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13192 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
13193 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
13195 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13201 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13204 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
13208 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13212 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
13213 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
13214 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
13215 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
13216 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
13217 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
13218 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
13219 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
13220 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
13221 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
13222 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
13223 case DW_TAG_friend
:
13224 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
13225 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
13226 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
13227 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
13228 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
13229 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
13230 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
13231 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
13232 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13236 /* Mark everything else. */
13242 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13243 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13245 /* Mark children. */
13246 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13247 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13251 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13254 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
13256 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13257 if (!die
->die_mark
)
13261 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13266 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13274 die
->die_child
= n
;
13281 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13284 prune_unused_types (void)
13287 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13289 /* Clear all the marks. */
13290 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13291 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13292 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13294 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13295 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13296 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13297 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13299 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13300 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13301 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13302 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13303 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13304 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13306 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13307 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13308 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13309 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13311 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13312 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13313 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13314 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13317 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13318 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13321 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
13323 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13324 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13326 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13327 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13328 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13329 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13330 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13331 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13334 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13335 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13336 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13337 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
13339 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13344 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13345 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13346 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13347 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13349 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13351 next_node
= node
->next
;
13354 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13356 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13360 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13361 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13363 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13364 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13365 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13366 else if (node
->created_for
13367 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13368 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13370 (node
->created_for
)))))
13371 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13372 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13373 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13374 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13375 else if (node
->created_for
13376 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13377 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13378 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13379 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13380 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13382 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13383 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13384 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13385 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13386 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13387 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13390 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13397 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13399 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13400 emit full debugging info for them. */
13401 retry_incomplete_types ();
13403 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13404 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13405 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13407 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13408 prune_unused_types ();
13410 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13411 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13412 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13413 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13415 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13416 that have children. */
13417 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13418 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13419 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13421 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13423 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13425 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13426 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13427 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13428 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13429 examining the file. */
13430 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13432 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13433 output_line_info ();
13436 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13437 if (have_location_lists
)
13439 /* Output the location lists info. */
13440 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13442 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13443 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13444 output_location_lists (die
);
13445 have_location_lists
= 0;
13448 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13450 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13452 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13453 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13456 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13457 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13458 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13459 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13461 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13462 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13463 debug_line_section_label
);
13465 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13466 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13468 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13469 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13470 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13471 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13473 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13475 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13476 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13477 output_abbrev_section ();
13479 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13480 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13482 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13483 output_pubnames ();
13486 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13487 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13488 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13490 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13494 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13495 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13497 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13498 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13502 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13503 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13505 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13510 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13512 if (debug_str_hash
)
13513 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13517 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13518 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13520 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13522 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"